|
Monday July 7, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Teacher Lot Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Aquatics Head Lifeguard Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 1
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Live Action Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 4
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Senior Center Trips & Outings - CT River Cruise on the "Slipaway" - Glastonbury (trip1)
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday July 7 - Friday July 11- No Lunch Program
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:30 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Feed Your Mind: Moving Forward; Downsizing & Decluttering
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Mario Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Gentle Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 8, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Teacher Lot Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 1
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Live Action Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 4
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 9:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Aging Ain't for Sissies!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 10:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
M&A ED Field Trip
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cards & Game Open Play
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Mario Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Dice Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Scrabble & Babble
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Glastonbury Summer Lacrosse League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:00 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:50 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 9, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Teacher Lot Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 1
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Live Action Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 4
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Wednesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:30 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Feed Your Mind: Benefits of Excercise
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Mario Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer Music Series
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Summer Music Series
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Wednesdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Square Dancing Lessons
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 10, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Teacher Lot Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Thursdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 1
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Live Action Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 4
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Line Dancing- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Mario Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Free Intro to Yoga Class- July 10th
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer Concerts (Rain Date)
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Summer Concerts (Rain Date)
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Thursdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Trivia, Jeopardy & More!
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Quantum Cafe with Walt
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 11, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Teacher Lot Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Private Event
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Fridays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Perfect Patchwork Project with Marilyn
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 1
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Live Action Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 4
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Fridays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Blood Pressure Screenings
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:30 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Second Annual Strawberry Festival
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:50 PM
|
Senior Center Stability Silver Sneakers Fitness Class - Silver Sneakers Stability Class- July/August
Stability is a group exercise class designed specifically to keep participants “safe on their feet”. Understanding the primary risk factors associated with falling and knowing what exercises will be beneficial in decreasing the risk for a fall provides substantial knowledge and practical work for class members to increase function and long-term independence. Free with Silver Sneakers; Must provide Silver Sneakers ID number at registration
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Music and Arts Extended Day Trip
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Mario Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bingo
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 14, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Teacher Lot Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Aquatics Head Lifeguard Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Animation Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 2
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 5
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, July 14; Sausage and Peppers on a roll
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
M&A ED Field Trip
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 4
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Sound Bath with Jeremy
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Music and Arts Extended Day Trip
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Minecraft Movie Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Gentle Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 15, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Animation Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 2
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 5
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 9:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- Tuesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 10:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 1:15 PM
|
Senior Center Special Luncheons - Liberty Luncheon
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cards & Game Open Play
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 4
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Minecraft Movie Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 4:30 PM
|
WTML Popsicles in the Park
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Y & F Services
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Dice Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Scrabble & Babble
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:00 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:50 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 16, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Greater Glastonbury Veterans and Allies Coffeehouse
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Animation Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 2
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 5
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Wednesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Wednesday, July 16; Teriyaki Beef w/ noodles
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 4
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Minecraft Movie Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer Music Series
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Special Olympics Croquet Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Summer Music Series
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Wednesdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Square Dancing Lessons
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 17, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Thursdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Animation Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 2
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 5
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Social Services- Choices
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 (2) 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Book Discussion Group
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Thursday, July 17: Baked Chicken w/ Mushroom sauce and Mashed potato
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 4
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - How to Talk to AI on Your Smartphone
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Line Dancing- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Minecraft Movie Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Private Event
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Thursdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Glastonbury Summer Lacrosse League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Trivia, Jeopardy & More!
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Friday Night Club Summer 2025 - Paddington in Peru Movie On-Site
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 18, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Fridays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Animation Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Flag Football Session 2
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 5
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Fridays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Current Issues
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Blood Pressure Screenings
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Friday, July 18; Tuna Wrap and Potato Salad
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 4
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:50 PM
|
Senior Center Stability Silver Sneakers Fitness Class - Silver Sneakers Stability Class- July/August
Stability is a group exercise class designed specifically to keep participants “safe on their feet”. Understanding the primary risk factors associated with falling and knowing what exercises will be beneficial in decreasing the risk for a fall provides substantial knowledge and practical work for class members to increase function and long-term independence. Free with Silver Sneakers; Must provide Silver Sneakers ID number at registration
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bingo
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Minecraft Movie Flix
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 21, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CKM Softball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Aquatics Head Lifeguard Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Farmers Market Fresh: Seasonal Cooking
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Multi-Sport Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 6
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, July 21: Western Omlette w/ Sausage and Hashbrown
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 5
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Summer in Italy
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Gentle Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Glastonbury Republican Town Committee
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 22, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CKM Softball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
My Grown Up & Me Classes - Story Snacks
These classes are designed for adults to participate with children ages as specified for each class. Please read the description for each class for additional information and age ranges. Due to space we ask that only registered children attend the class with one adult. Brochure Correction: Story Snacks will be held at Academy in Multipurpose Room 1.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Farmers Market Fresh: Seasonal Cooking
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Multi-Sport Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 6
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 9:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- Tuesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
My Grown Up & Me Classes - Story Snacks
These classes are designed for adults to participate with children ages as specified for each class. Please read the description for each class for additional information and age ranges. Due to space we ask that only registered children attend the class with one adult. Brochure Correction: Story Snacks will be held at Academy in Multipurpose Room 1.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 10:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Tuesday, July 22; Meatball Grinder
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cards & Game Open Play
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 5
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Summer in Italy
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Dice Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Scrabble & Babble
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Needle Felting Class: Collection of Fruits
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:00 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:50 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 23, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CKM Softball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Playgroup Parties - Beach Party
Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5. Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack. Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the party.Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria for the craft and snack/treat.Please note: Times in brochure were incorrect. Playgroup Parties will be 60 minutes long. Times listed below are correct.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Farmers Market Fresh: Seasonal Cooking
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Multi-Sport Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 6
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Wednesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Playgroup Parties - Beach Party
Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5. Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack. Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the party.Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria for the craft and snack/treat.Please note: Times in brochure were incorrect. Playgroup Parties will be 60 minutes long. Times listed below are correct.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Wednesday, July 23; Pasta w/ Meat Sauce
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 5
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Summer in Italy
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer Music Series
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Special Olympics Croquet Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Summer Music Series
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Wednesdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Square Dancing Lessons
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 24, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CKM Softball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Thursdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
My Grown Up & Me Classes - Family Dance Party
These classes are designed for adults to participate with children ages as specified for each class. Please read the description for each class for additional information and age ranges. Due to space we ask that only registered children attend the class with one adult. Brochure Correction: Story Snacks will be held at Academy in Multipurpose Room 1.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Farmers Market Fresh: Seasonal Cooking
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Multi-Sport Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 6
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
My Grown Up & Me Classes - Family Dance Party
These classes are designed for adults to participate with children ages as specified for each class. Please read the description for each class for additional information and age ranges. Due to space we ask that only registered children attend the class with one adult. Brochure Correction: Story Snacks will be held at Academy in Multipurpose Room 1.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 5
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Line Dancing- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Summer in Italy
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Discover Healing Through Words: Grief Poetry Workshop
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Thursdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Trivia, Jeopardy & More!
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Friday Night Club Summer 2025 - Pool Party at Grange Pool
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 25, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Fridays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Farmers Market Fresh: Seasonal Cooking
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Multi-Sport Session 3
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 6
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Fridays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Eye Openers Low Vision Support Group
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Blood Pressure Screenings
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Friday, July 25; Crispy Chicken on a bun w/ Fries
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 5)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 5
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:50 PM
|
Senior Center Stability Silver Sneakers Fitness Class - Silver Sneakers Stability Class- July/August
Stability is a group exercise class designed specifically to keep participants “safe on their feet”. Understanding the primary risk factors associated with falling and knowing what exercises will be beneficial in decreasing the risk for a fall provides substantial knowledge and practical work for class members to increase function and long-term independence. Free with Silver Sneakers; Must provide Silver Sneakers ID number at registration
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bingo
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Olympics
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Olympics
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Summer in Italy
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 28, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
BOE Summer Conditioning Camp
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Aquatics Head Lifeguard Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Whiffleball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 6 (AM)
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 7
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Aspiring Young Engineers
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only: July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, July 28; Baked Ham w/ sweet potato
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 6 (PM)
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Gentle Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship. Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle. Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport. Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.NOTE: Session 1 Hoopster Tots update from brochure: No program on January 20, new end date of March 3.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 3 & 4
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship. Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle. Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport. Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.NOTE: Session 1 Hoopster Tots update from brochure: No program on January 20, new end date of March 3.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Mondays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 29, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
BOE Summer Conditioning Camp
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Whiffleball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
My Grown Up & Me Classes - Story Snacks
These classes are designed for adults to participate with children ages as specified for each class. Please read the description for each class for additional information and age ranges. Due to space we ask that only registered children attend the class with one adult. Brochure Correction: Story Snacks will be held at Academy in Multipurpose Room 1.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 6 (AM)
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 7
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Aspiring Young Engineers
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 9:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- Tuesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
My Grown Up & Me Classes - Story Snacks
These classes are designed for adults to participate with children ages as specified for each class. Please read the description for each class for additional information and age ranges. Due to space we ask that only registered children attend the class with one adult. Brochure Correction: Story Snacks will be held at Academy in Multipurpose Room 1.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Music Together - Music Together - Summer Tuesdays 10:15
An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony. Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Sibling discount of $95/10 week sessions and 50% for 6 week sessions is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Tuesday, July 29; Kielbasa and Sauerkraut
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cards & Game Open Play
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 6 (PM)
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship. Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle. Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport. Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.NOTE: Session 1 Hoopster Tots update from brochure: No program on January 20, new end date of March 3.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 3 & 4
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship. Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle. Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport. Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.NOTE: Session 1 Hoopster Tots update from brochure: No program on January 20, new end date of March 3.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Dice Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Scrabble & Babble
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:00 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Tuesdays 6:50 PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 30, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
BOE Summer Conditioning Camp
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Glastonbury Family YMCA
|
|
|
|
|
7:50 AM - 8:11 AM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Indoor Walking at the RCC
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Whiffleball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Hartwell Soccer Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hebron Ave - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Playground Junior Hopewell Elementary - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hebron Ave Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 6 (AM)
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Camp Sunrise 2025 - Camp Sunrise Week 7
PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell. Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 23-August 2 with a special 3 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from June 18-20 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Aspiring Young Engineers
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Elementary Playground - Session 3
SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, field trips, and swimming at Grange and Eastbury! Meets rain or shine. Preview of Field Trips: Sonny's Place, Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! Brochure CorrectionSites for this summer will be Hebron Ave, Hopewell and GEHMS Magnet. Buttonball will NOT be used for Playgrounds Camp due to construction and Board of Ed programming.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- July/August- 9:15am
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates- Wednesdays AM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - International Day of Friendship: Newcomer's Social
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 10:15am
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness Is Fun- July/August- 11:15am
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Senior Center Lunch Program - Wednesday, July 30; Breaded Fish Sandwich w/ coleslaw
Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors.
Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Lunch Location
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Lessons (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2025 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 6)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps 2025 - Sports and Games Session 6 (PM)
Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools this summer, all Skyhawks programs will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend these programs for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for lunch, restrooms, and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- July/August
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship. Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle. Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport. Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.NOTE: Session 1 Hoopster Tots update from brochure: No program on January 20, new end date of March 3.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Special Olympics Croquet Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL/GAB
|
|
|
|
|
4:40 PM - 4:45 PM
|
YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 3 & 4
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship. Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle. Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport. Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.NOTE: Session 1 Hoopster Tots update from brochure: No program on January 20, new end date of March 3.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:20 PM
|
Holiday Hill Day Camp Bus Drop Off/Pick Up
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Fitness - Summer Classes - Zumba- Wednesdays PM In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle? Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to ZUMBA and more! Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt! Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class. All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria. They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:45 PM
|
Adult Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Town Band Concert
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Square Dancing Lessons
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|